ASTContext.cpp revision abd56c816e9164b17bb3e7154a511b0c9896ffdb
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 16#include "clang/AST/CommentLexer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/CommentSema.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CommentParser.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 20#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 22#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 23#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 24#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 27#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 28#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 33#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 34#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 35#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 37#include "CXXABI.h" 38#include <map> 39 40using namespace clang; 41 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 54 55enum FloatingRank { 56 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57}; 58 59RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 61 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 62 CommentsLoaded = true; 63 } 64 65 assert(D); 66 67 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 68 if (D->isImplicit()) 69 return NULL; 70 71 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 72 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 73 return NULL; 74 75 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 76 77 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 78 if (RawComments.empty()) 79 return NULL; 80 81 // Find declaration location. 82 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 83 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 84 // location". 85 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 86 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 87 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 88 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 89 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D)) 90 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 91 else 92 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 93 94 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 95 // can't find the comment. 96 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 97 return NULL; 98 99 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 100 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc)); 101 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment 102 = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), 103 RawComments.end(), 104 &CommentAtDeclLoc, 105 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment>(SourceMgr)); 106 107 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 108 // file buffer. 109 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 110 111 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 112 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 113 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 114 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 115 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 116 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 117 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 118 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 119 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 120 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 121 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 122 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 123 return *Comment; 124 } 125 } 126 127 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 128 // Let's look at the previous comment. 129 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 130 return NULL; 131 --Comment; 132 133 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 134 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 135 return NULL; 136 137 // Decompose the end of the comment. 138 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 139 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 140 141 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 142 // aren't related. 143 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 144 return NULL; 145 146 // Get the corresponding buffer. 147 bool Invalid = false; 148 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 149 &Invalid).data(); 150 if (Invalid) 151 return NULL; 152 153 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 154 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 155 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 156 157 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 158 // comment and declaration. 159 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 160 return NULL; 161 162 return *Comment; 163} 164 165const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) const { 166 // Check whether we have cached a comment string for this declaration 167 // already. 168 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawAndParsedComment>::iterator Pos 169 = DeclComments.find(D); 170 if (Pos != DeclComments.end()) { 171 RawAndParsedComment C = Pos->second; 172 return C.first; 173 } 174 175 RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D); 176 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 177 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 178 DeclComments[D] = 179 RawAndParsedComment(RC, static_cast<comments::FullComment *>(NULL)); 180 if (RC) 181 RC->setAttached(); 182 return RC; 183} 184 185comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) const { 186 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawAndParsedComment>::iterator Pos 187 = DeclComments.find(D); 188 const RawComment *RC; 189 if (Pos != DeclComments.end()) { 190 RawAndParsedComment C = Pos->second; 191 if (comments::FullComment *FC = C.second) 192 return FC; 193 RC = C.first; 194 } else 195 RC = getRawCommentForDecl(D); 196 197 if (!RC) 198 return NULL; 199 200 const StringRef RawText = RC->getRawText(SourceMgr); 201 comments::Lexer L(RC->getSourceRange().getBegin(), comments::CommentOptions(), 202 RawText.begin(), RawText.end()); 203 204 comments::Sema S(getAllocator(), getSourceManager(), getDiagnostics()); 205 S.setDecl(D); 206 comments::Parser P(L, S, getAllocator(), getSourceManager(), 207 getDiagnostics()); 208 209 comments::FullComment *FC = P.parseFullComment(); 210 DeclComments[D].second = FC; 211 return FC; 212} 213 214void 215ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 216 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 217 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 218 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 219 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 220 221 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 222 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 223 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 224 PEnd = Params->end(); 225 P != PEnd; ++P) { 226 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 227 ID.AddInteger(0); 228 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 229 continue; 230 } 231 232 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 233 ID.AddInteger(1); 234 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 235 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 236 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 237 ID.AddBoolean(true); 238 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 239 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 240 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 241 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 242 } 243 } else 244 ID.AddBoolean(false); 245 continue; 246 } 247 248 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 249 ID.AddInteger(2); 250 Profile(ID, TTP); 251 } 252} 253 254TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 255ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 256 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 257 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 258 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 259 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 260 void *InsertPos = 0; 261 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 262 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 263 if (Canonical) 264 return Canonical->getParam(); 265 266 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 267 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 268 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 269 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 270 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 271 PEnd = Params->end(); 272 P != PEnd; ++P) { 273 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 274 CanonParams.push_back( 275 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 276 SourceLocation(), 277 SourceLocation(), 278 TTP->getDepth(), 279 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 280 TTP->isParameterPack())); 281 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 282 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 283 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 284 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 285 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 286 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 287 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 288 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 289 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 290 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 291 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 292 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 293 } 294 295 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 296 SourceLocation(), 297 SourceLocation(), 298 NTTP->getDepth(), 299 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 300 T, 301 TInfo, 302 ExpandedTypes.data(), 303 ExpandedTypes.size(), 304 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 305 } else { 306 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 307 SourceLocation(), 308 SourceLocation(), 309 NTTP->getDepth(), 310 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 311 T, 312 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 313 TInfo); 314 } 315 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 316 317 } else 318 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 319 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 320 } 321 322 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 323 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 324 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 325 TTP->getPosition(), 326 TTP->isParameterPack(), 327 0, 328 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 329 SourceLocation(), 330 CanonParams.data(), 331 CanonParams.size(), 332 SourceLocation())); 333 334 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 335 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 336 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 337 (void)Canonical; 338 339 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 340 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 341 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 342 return CanonTTP; 343} 344 345CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 346 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 347 348 switch (T.getCXXABI()) { 349 case CXXABI_ARM: 350 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 351 case CXXABI_Itanium: 352 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 353 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 354 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 355 } 356 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 357} 358 359static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 360 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 361 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 362 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 363 // language-specific address space. 364 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 365 1, // opencl_global 366 2, // opencl_local 367 3, // opencl_constant 368 4, // cuda_device 369 5, // cuda_constant 370 6 // cuda_shared 371 }; 372 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 373 } else { 374 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 375 } 376} 377 378ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 379 const TargetInfo *t, 380 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 381 Builtin::Context &builtins, 382 unsigned size_reserve, 383 bool DelayInitialization) 384 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 385 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 386 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 387 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 388 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 389 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 390 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 391 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 392 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 393 FILEDecl(0), 394 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 395 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 396 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 397 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 398 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 399 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 400 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 401 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 402 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 403 DeclarationNames(*this), 404 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 405 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 406 LastSDM(0, 0), 407 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 408{ 409 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 410 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 411 412 if (!DelayInitialization) { 413 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 414 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 415 } 416} 417 418ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 419 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 420 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 421 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 422 423 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 424 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 425 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 426 427 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 428 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 429 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 430 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 431 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 432 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 433 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 434 R->Destroy(*this); 435 436 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 437 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 438 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 439 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 440 R->Destroy(*this); 441 } 442 443 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 444 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 445 A != AEnd; ++A) 446 A->second->~AttrVec(); 447} 448 449void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 450 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 451} 452 453void 454ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 455 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 456} 457 458void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 459 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 460 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 461 462 unsigned counts[] = { 463#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 464#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 465#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 466 0 // Extra 467 }; 468 469 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 470 Type *T = Types[i]; 471 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 472 } 473 474 unsigned Idx = 0; 475 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 476#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 477 if (counts[Idx]) \ 478 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 479 << " types\n"; \ 480 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 481 ++Idx; 482#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 483#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 484 485 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 486 487 // Implicit special member functions. 488 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 489 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 490 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 491 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 492 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 493 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 494 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 495 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 496 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 497 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 498 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 499 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 500 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 501 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 502 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 503 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 504 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 505 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 506 << NumImplicitDestructors 507 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 508 509 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 510 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 511 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 512 } 513 514 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 515} 516 517TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 518 if (!Int128Decl) { 519 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 520 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 521 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 522 SourceLocation(), 523 SourceLocation(), 524 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 525 TInfo); 526 } 527 528 return Int128Decl; 529} 530 531TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 532 if (!UInt128Decl) { 533 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 534 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 535 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 536 SourceLocation(), 537 SourceLocation(), 538 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 539 TInfo); 540 } 541 542 return UInt128Decl; 543} 544 545void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 546 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 547 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 548 Types.push_back(Ty); 549} 550 551void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 552 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 553 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 554 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 555 556 this->Target = &Target; 557 558 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 559 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 560 561 // C99 6.2.5p19. 562 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 563 564 // C99 6.2.5p2. 565 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 566 // C99 6.2.5p3. 567 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 568 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 569 else 570 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 571 // C99 6.2.5p4. 572 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 573 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 574 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 575 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 576 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 577 578 // C99 6.2.5p6. 579 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 580 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 581 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 582 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 583 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 584 585 // C99 6.2.5p10. 586 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 587 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 588 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 589 590 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 591 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 592 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 593 594 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 595 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 596 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 597 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 598 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 599 } else // C99 600 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 601 602 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 603 604 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 605 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 606 else // C99 607 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 608 609 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 610 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 611 else // C99 612 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 613 614 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 615 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 616 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 617 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 618 // expressions. 619 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 620 621 // Placeholder type for functions. 622 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 623 624 // Placeholder type for bound members. 625 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 626 627 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 628 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 629 630 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 631 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 632 633 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 634 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 635 636 // C99 6.2.5p11. 637 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 638 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 639 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 640 641 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 642 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 643 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 644 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 645 646 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 647 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 648 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 649 650 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 651 652 // void * type 653 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 654 655 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 656 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 657 658 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 659 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 660 661 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 662 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 663} 664 665DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 666 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 667} 668 669AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 670 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 671 if (!Result) { 672 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 673 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 674 } 675 676 return *Result; 677} 678 679/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 680void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 681 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 682 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 683 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 684 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 685 } 686} 687 688MemberSpecializationInfo * 689ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 690 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 691 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 692 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 693 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 694 return 0; 695 696 return Pos->second; 697} 698 699void 700ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 701 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 702 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 703 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 704 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 705 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 706 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 707 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 708 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 709} 710 711FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 712 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 713 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 714 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 715 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 716 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 717 return 0; 718 719 return Pos->second; 720} 721 722void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 723 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 724 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 725 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 726 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 727} 728 729NamedDecl * 730ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 731 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 732 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 733 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 734 return 0; 735 736 return Pos->second; 737} 738 739void 740ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 741 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 742 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 743 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 744 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 745 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 746 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 747} 748 749UsingShadowDecl * 750ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 751 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 752 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 753 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 754 return 0; 755 756 return Pos->second; 757} 758 759void 760ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 761 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 762 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 763 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 764} 765 766FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 767 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 768 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 769 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 770 return 0; 771 772 return Pos->second; 773} 774 775void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 776 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 777 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 778 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 779 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 780 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 781 782 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 783} 784 785bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 786 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 787 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 788 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 789} 790 791bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 792 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 793 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 794 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 795 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 796} 797 798bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 799 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 800 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 801 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 802 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 803} 804 805bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 806 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 807 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 808 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 809} 810 811bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 812 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 813 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 814 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 815} 816 817ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 818ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 819 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 820 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 821 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 822 return 0; 823 824 return Pos->second.begin(); 825} 826 827ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 828ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 829 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 830 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 831 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 832 return 0; 833 834 return Pos->second.end(); 835} 836 837unsigned 838ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 839 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 840 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 841 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 842 return 0; 843 844 return Pos->second.size(); 845} 846 847void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 848 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 849 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 850} 851 852void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 853 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 854 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 855 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 856 FirstLocalImport = Import; 857 LastLocalImport = Import; 858 return; 859 } 860 861 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 862 LastLocalImport = Import; 863} 864 865//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 866// Type Sizing and Analysis 867//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 868 869/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 870/// scalar floating point type. 871const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 872 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 873 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 874 switch (BT->getKind()) { 875 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 876 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 877 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 878 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 879 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 880 } 881} 882 883/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 884/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 885/// this method will assert on them. 886/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 887/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 888CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 889 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 890 891 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 892 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 893 Align = AlignFromAttr; 894 895 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 896 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 897 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 898 // 899 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 900 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 901 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 902 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 903 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 904 } else { 905 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 906 } 907 } 908 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 909 UseAlignAttrOnly = 910 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 911 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 912 913 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 914 // else about the declaration and its type. 915 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 916 // do nothing 917 918 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 919 QualType T = VD->getType(); 920 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 921 if (RefAsPointee) 922 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 923 else 924 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 925 } 926 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 927 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 928 // large-array alignment on the target. 929 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 930 const ArrayType *arrayType; 931 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 932 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 933 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 934 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 935 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 936 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 937 938 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 939 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 940 } 941 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 942 } 943 944 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 945 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 946 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 947 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 948 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 949 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 950 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 951 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 952 953 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 954 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 955 956 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 957 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 958 if (offset > 0) { 959 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 960 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 961 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 962 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 963 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 964 } 965 966 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 967 } 968 } 969 970 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 971} 972 973std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 974ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 975 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 976 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 977 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 978} 979 980std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 981ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 982 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 983} 984 985std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 986 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 987 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 988 return it->second; 989 990 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 991 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 992 return Info; 993} 994 995/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 996/// method does not work on incomplete types. 997/// 998/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 999/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1000/// should take a QualType, &c. 1001std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1002ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1003 uint64_t Width=0; 1004 unsigned Align=8; 1005 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1006#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1007#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1008#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1009#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1010#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1011 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1012 1013 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1014 case Type::FunctionProto: 1015 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1016 Width = 0; 1017 Align = 32; 1018 break; 1019 1020 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1021 case Type::VariableArray: 1022 Width = 0; 1023 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1024 break; 1025 1026 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1027 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1028 1029 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1030 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1031 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1032 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1033 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1034 Align = EltInfo.second; 1035 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1036 break; 1037 } 1038 case Type::ExtVector: 1039 case Type::Vector: { 1040 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1041 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1042 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1043 Align = Width; 1044 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1045 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1046 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1047 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1048 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1049 } 1050 break; 1051 } 1052 1053 case Type::Builtin: 1054 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1055 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1056 case BuiltinType::Void: 1057 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1058 Width = 0; 1059 Align = 8; 1060 break; 1061 1062 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1063 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1064 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1065 break; 1066 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1067 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1068 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1069 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1070 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1071 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1072 break; 1073 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1074 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1075 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1076 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1077 break; 1078 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1079 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1080 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1081 break; 1082 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1083 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1084 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1085 break; 1086 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1087 case BuiltinType::Short: 1088 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1089 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1090 break; 1091 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1092 case BuiltinType::Int: 1093 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1094 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1095 break; 1096 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1097 case BuiltinType::Long: 1098 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1099 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1100 break; 1101 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1102 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1103 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1104 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1105 break; 1106 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1107 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1108 Width = 128; 1109 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1110 break; 1111 case BuiltinType::Half: 1112 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1113 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1114 break; 1115 case BuiltinType::Float: 1116 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1117 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1118 break; 1119 case BuiltinType::Double: 1120 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1121 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1122 break; 1123 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1124 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1125 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1126 break; 1127 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1128 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1129 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1130 break; 1131 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1132 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1133 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1134 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1135 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1136 break; 1137 } 1138 break; 1139 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1140 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1141 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1142 break; 1143 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1144 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1145 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1146 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1147 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1148 break; 1149 } 1150 case Type::LValueReference: 1151 case Type::RValueReference: { 1152 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1153 // the pointer route. 1154 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1155 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1156 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1157 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1158 break; 1159 } 1160 case Type::Pointer: { 1161 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1162 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1163 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1164 break; 1165 } 1166 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1167 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1168 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo = 1169 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType()); 1170 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT); 1171 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second; 1172 break; 1173 } 1174 case Type::Complex: { 1175 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1176 // size. 1177 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1178 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1179 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1180 Align = EltInfo.second; 1181 break; 1182 } 1183 case Type::ObjCObject: 1184 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1185 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1186 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1187 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1188 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1189 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1190 break; 1191 } 1192 case Type::Record: 1193 case Type::Enum: { 1194 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1195 1196 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1197 Width = 8; 1198 Align = 8; 1199 break; 1200 } 1201 1202 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1203 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1204 1205 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1206 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1207 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1208 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1209 break; 1210 } 1211 1212 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1213 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1214 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1215 1216 case Type::Auto: { 1217 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1218 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1219 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1220 } 1221 1222 case Type::Paren: 1223 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1224 1225 case Type::Typedef: { 1226 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1227 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1228 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1229 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1230 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1231 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1232 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1233 Align = AttrAlign; 1234 else 1235 Align = Info.second; 1236 Width = Info.first; 1237 break; 1238 } 1239 1240 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1241 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1242 .getTypePtr()); 1243 1244 case Type::TypeOf: 1245 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1246 1247 case Type::Decltype: 1248 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1249 .getTypePtr()); 1250 1251 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1252 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1253 1254 case Type::Elaborated: 1255 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1256 1257 case Type::Attributed: 1258 return getTypeInfo( 1259 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1260 1261 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1262 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1263 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1264 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1265 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1266 // aligned attribute on it. 1267 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1268 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1269 else 1270 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1271 } 1272 1273 case Type::Atomic: { 1274 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1275 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1276 Width = Info.first; 1277 Align = Info.second; 1278 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() && 1279 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) { 1280 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this 1281 // type; promote the alignment appropriately. 1282 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well... 1283 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have 1284 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit 1285 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.) 1286 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1287 } 1288 } 1289 1290 } 1291 1292 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1293 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1294} 1295 1296/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1297CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1298 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1299} 1300 1301/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1302int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1303 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1304} 1305 1306/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1307/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1308CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1309 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1310} 1311CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1312 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1313} 1314 1315/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1316/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1317CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1318 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1319} 1320CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1321 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1322} 1323 1324/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1325/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1326/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1327/// a data type. 1328unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1329 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1330 1331 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1332 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1333 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1334 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1335 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1336 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1337 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1338 1339 return ABIAlign; 1340} 1341 1342/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1343/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1344/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1345/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1346/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1347/// 1348void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1349 bool leafClass, 1350 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1351 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1352 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1353 if (!leafClass) { 1354 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1355 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1356 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1357 } else { 1358 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1359 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1360 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1361 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1362 } 1363} 1364 1365/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1366/// those inherited by it. 1367void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1368 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1369 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1370 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1371 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1372 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1373 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1374 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1375 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1376 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1377 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1378 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1379 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1380 } 1381 } 1382 1383 // Categories of this Interface. 1384 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList(); 1385 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory()) 1386 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols); 1387 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1388 while (SD) { 1389 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1390 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1391 } 1392 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1393 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1394 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1395 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1396 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1397 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1398 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1399 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1400 } 1401 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1402 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1403 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1404 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1405 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1406 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1407 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1408 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1409 } 1410 } 1411} 1412 1413unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1414 unsigned count = 0; 1415 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1416 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl; 1417 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension()) 1418 count += CDecl->ivar_size(); 1419 1420 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1421 // includes synthesized ivars. 1422 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1423 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1424 1425 return count; 1426} 1427 1428bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1429 if (!E) 1430 return false; 1431 1432 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1433 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1434 1435 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1436 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1437 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1438 return true; 1439 1440 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1441 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1442 1443 return false; 1444} 1445 1446/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1447ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1448 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1449 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1450 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1451 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1452 return 0; 1453} 1454/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1455ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1456 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1457 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1458 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1459 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1460 return 0; 1461} 1462 1463/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1464void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1465 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1466 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1467 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1468} 1469/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1470void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1471 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1472 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1473 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1474} 1475 1476ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(NamedDecl *ND) const { 1477 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1478 return ID; 1479 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1480 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1481 if (ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1482 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1483 1484 return 0; 1485} 1486 1487/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1488/// none exists. 1489Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1490 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1491 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1492 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1493 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1494 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1495 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1496} 1497 1498/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1499void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1500 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1501 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1502 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1503 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1504} 1505 1506TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1507 unsigned DataSize) const { 1508 if (!DataSize) 1509 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1510 else 1511 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1512 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1513 1514 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1515 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1516 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1517 return TInfo; 1518} 1519 1520TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1521 SourceLocation L) const { 1522 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1523 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1524 return DI; 1525} 1526 1527const ASTRecordLayout & 1528ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1529 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1530} 1531 1532const ASTRecordLayout & 1533ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1534 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1535 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1536} 1537 1538//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1539// Type creation/memoization methods 1540//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1541 1542QualType 1543ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1544 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1545 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1546 1547 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1548 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1549 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1550 void *insertPos = 0; 1551 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1552 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1553 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1554 } 1555 1556 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1557 QualType canon; 1558 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1559 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1560 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1561 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1562 1563 // Re-find the insert position. 1564 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1565 } 1566 1567 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1568 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1569 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1570} 1571 1572QualType 1573ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1574 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1575 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1576 return T; 1577 1578 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1579 // into one ExtQuals node. 1580 QualifierCollector Quals; 1581 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1582 1583 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1584 // another one. 1585 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1586 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1587 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1588 1589 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1590} 1591 1592QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1593 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1594 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1595 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1596 return T; 1597 1598 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1599 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1600 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1601 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1602 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1603 } 1604 } 1605 1606 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1607 // into one ExtQuals node. 1608 QualifierCollector Quals; 1609 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1610 1611 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1612 // another one. 1613 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1614 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1615 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1616 1617 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1618} 1619 1620const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1621 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1622 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1623 return T; 1624 1625 QualType Result; 1626 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1627 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1628 } else { 1629 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1630 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1631 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1632 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1633 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 1634 } 1635 1636 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1637} 1638 1639/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1640/// number with the specified element type. 1641QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1642 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1643 // structure. 1644 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1645 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1646 1647 void *InsertPos = 0; 1648 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1649 return QualType(CT, 0); 1650 1651 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1652 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1653 QualType Canonical; 1654 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1655 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1656 1657 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1658 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1659 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1660 } 1661 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 1662 Types.push_back(New); 1663 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1664 return QualType(New, 0); 1665} 1666 1667/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 1668/// the specified type. 1669QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 1670 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1671 // structure. 1672 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1673 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1674 1675 void *InsertPos = 0; 1676 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1677 return QualType(PT, 0); 1678 1679 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1680 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1681 QualType Canonical; 1682 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1683 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1684 1685 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1686 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1687 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1688 } 1689 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 1690 Types.push_back(New); 1691 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1692 return QualType(New, 0); 1693} 1694 1695/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 1696/// a pointer to the specified block. 1697QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 1698 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 1699 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 1700 // structure. 1701 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1702 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1703 1704 void *InsertPos = 0; 1705 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 1706 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1707 return QualType(PT, 0); 1708 1709 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1710 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 1711 QualType Canonical; 1712 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1713 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1714 1715 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1716 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 1717 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1718 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1719 } 1720 BlockPointerType *New 1721 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 1722 Types.push_back(New); 1723 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1724 return QualType(New, 0); 1725} 1726 1727/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1728/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 1729QualType 1730ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 1731 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 1732 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 1733 1734 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1735 // structure. 1736 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1737 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 1738 1739 void *InsertPos = 0; 1740 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 1741 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1742 return QualType(RT, 0); 1743 1744 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1745 1746 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1747 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1748 QualType Canonical; 1749 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1750 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1751 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1752 1753 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1754 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1755 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1756 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1757 } 1758 1759 LValueReferenceType *New 1760 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 1761 SpelledAsLValue); 1762 Types.push_back(New); 1763 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1764 1765 return QualType(New, 0); 1766} 1767 1768/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1769/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 1770QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 1771 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1772 // structure. 1773 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1774 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 1775 1776 void *InsertPos = 0; 1777 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 1778 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1779 return QualType(RT, 0); 1780 1781 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1782 1783 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1784 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1785 QualType Canonical; 1786 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1787 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1788 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1789 1790 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1791 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1792 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1793 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1794 } 1795 1796 RValueReferenceType *New 1797 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 1798 Types.push_back(New); 1799 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1800 return QualType(New, 0); 1801} 1802 1803/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 1804/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 1805QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 1806 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1807 // structure. 1808 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1809 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 1810 1811 void *InsertPos = 0; 1812 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 1813 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1814 return QualType(PT, 0); 1815 1816 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1817 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1818 QualType Canonical; 1819 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1820 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 1821 1822 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1823 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 1824 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1825 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1826 } 1827 MemberPointerType *New 1828 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 1829 Types.push_back(New); 1830 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1831 return QualType(New, 0); 1832} 1833 1834/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 1835/// array of the specified element type. 1836QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 1837 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 1838 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1839 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 1840 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 1841 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 1842 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 1843 1844 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 1845 // the target. 1846 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 1847 ArySize = 1848 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 1849 1850 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1851 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1852 1853 void *InsertPos = 0; 1854 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 1855 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1856 return QualType(ATP, 0); 1857 1858 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 1859 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1860 QualType Canon; 1861 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 1862 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 1863 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 1864 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1865 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 1866 1867 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1868 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 1869 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1870 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1871 } 1872 1873 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 1874 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1875 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1876 Types.push_back(New); 1877 return QualType(New, 0); 1878} 1879 1880/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 1881/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 1882/// sizes replaced with [*]. 1883QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 1884 // Vastly most common case. 1885 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 1886 1887 QualType result; 1888 1889 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 1890 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 1891 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 1892#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1893#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1894#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1895#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1896 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 1897 1898 // These types should never be variably-modified. 1899 case Type::Builtin: 1900 case Type::Complex: 1901 case Type::Vector: 1902 case Type::ExtVector: 1903 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 1904 case Type::ObjCObject: 1905 case Type::ObjCInterface: 1906 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1907 case Type::Record: 1908 case Type::Enum: 1909 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 1910 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1911 case Type::TypeOf: 1912 case Type::Decltype: 1913 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1914 case Type::DependentName: 1915 case Type::InjectedClassName: 1916 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 1917 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 1918 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 1919 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 1920 case Type::Auto: 1921 case Type::PackExpansion: 1922 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 1923 1924 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 1925 // further decay. 1926 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1927 case Type::FunctionProto: 1928 case Type::BlockPointer: 1929 case Type::MemberPointer: 1930 return type; 1931 1932 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 1933 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 1934 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 1935 // optimizations available here. 1936 case Type::Pointer: 1937 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 1938 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 1939 break; 1940 1941 case Type::LValueReference: { 1942 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 1943 result = getLValueReferenceType( 1944 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 1945 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 1946 break; 1947 } 1948 1949 case Type::RValueReference: { 1950 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 1951 result = getRValueReferenceType( 1952 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 1953 break; 1954 } 1955 1956 case Type::Atomic: { 1957 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 1958 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 1959 break; 1960 } 1961 1962 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1963 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 1964 result = getConstantArrayType( 1965 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 1966 cat->getSize(), 1967 cat->getSizeModifier(), 1968 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 1969 break; 1970 } 1971 1972 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 1973 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 1974 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 1975 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 1976 dat->getSizeExpr(), 1977 dat->getSizeModifier(), 1978 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 1979 dat->getBracketsRange()); 1980 break; 1981 } 1982 1983 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 1984 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 1985 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 1986 result = getVariableArrayType( 1987 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 1988 /*size*/ 0, 1989 ArrayType::Normal, 1990 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 1991 SourceRange()); 1992 break; 1993 } 1994 1995 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 1996 case Type::VariableArray: { 1997 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 1998 result = getVariableArrayType( 1999 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2000 /*size*/ 0, 2001 ArrayType::Star, 2002 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2003 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2004 break; 2005 } 2006 } 2007 2008 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2009 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2010} 2011 2012/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2013/// variable array of the specified element type. 2014QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2015 Expr *NumElts, 2016 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2017 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2018 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2019 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2020 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2021 QualType Canon; 2022 2023 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2024 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2025 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2026 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2027 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2028 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2029 } 2030 2031 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2032 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2033 2034 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2035 Types.push_back(New); 2036 return QualType(New, 0); 2037} 2038 2039/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2040/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2041/// type. 2042QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2043 Expr *numElements, 2044 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2045 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2046 SourceRange brackets) const { 2047 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2048 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2049 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2050 2051 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2052 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2053 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2054 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2055 if (!numElements) { 2056 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2057 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2058 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2059 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2060 brackets); 2061 Types.push_back(newType); 2062 return QualType(newType, 0); 2063 } 2064 2065 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2066 // also build a canonical type. 2067 2068 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2069 2070 void *insertPos = 0; 2071 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2072 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2073 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2074 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2075 2076 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2077 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2078 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2079 2080 // If we don't have one, build one. 2081 if (!canonTy) { 2082 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2083 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2084 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2085 brackets); 2086 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2087 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2088 } 2089 2090 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2091 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2092 canonElementType.Quals); 2093 2094 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2095 // then just use that as our result. 2096 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2097 return canon; 2098 2099 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2100 // of the element type. 2101 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2102 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2103 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2104 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2105 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2106 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2107} 2108 2109QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2110 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2111 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2112 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2113 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2114 2115 void *insertPos = 0; 2116 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2117 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2118 return QualType(iat, 0); 2119 2120 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2121 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2122 // qualifiers off the element type. 2123 QualType canon; 2124 2125 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2126 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2127 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2128 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2129 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2130 2131 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2132 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2133 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2134 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2135 } 2136 2137 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2138 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2139 2140 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2141 Types.push_back(newType); 2142 return QualType(newType, 0); 2143} 2144 2145/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2146/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2147QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2148 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2149 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2150 2151 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2152 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2153 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2154 2155 void *InsertPos = 0; 2156 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2157 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2158 2159 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2160 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2161 QualType Canonical; 2162 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2163 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2164 2165 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2166 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2167 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2168 } 2169 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2170 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2171 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2172 Types.push_back(New); 2173 return QualType(New, 0); 2174} 2175 2176/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2177/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2178QualType 2179ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2180 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2181 2182 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2183 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2184 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2185 VectorType::GenericVector); 2186 void *InsertPos = 0; 2187 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2188 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2189 2190 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2191 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2192 QualType Canonical; 2193 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2194 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2195 2196 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2197 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2198 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2199 } 2200 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2201 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2202 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2203 Types.push_back(New); 2204 return QualType(New, 0); 2205} 2206 2207QualType 2208ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2209 Expr *SizeExpr, 2210 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2211 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2212 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2213 SizeExpr); 2214 2215 void *InsertPos = 0; 2216 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2217 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2218 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2219 if (Canon) { 2220 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2221 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2222 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2223 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2224 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2225 } else { 2226 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2227 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2228 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2229 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2230 AttrLoc); 2231 2232 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2233 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2234 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2235 (void)CanonCheck; 2236 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2237 } else { 2238 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2239 SourceLocation()); 2240 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2241 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2242 } 2243 } 2244 2245 Types.push_back(New); 2246 return QualType(New, 0); 2247} 2248 2249/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2250/// 2251QualType 2252ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2253 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2254 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2255 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2256 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2257 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2258 // structure. 2259 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2260 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2261 2262 void *InsertPos = 0; 2263 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2264 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2265 return QualType(FT, 0); 2266 2267 QualType Canonical; 2268 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2269 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2270 Canonical = 2271 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2272 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2273 2274 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2275 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2276 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2277 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2278 } 2279 2280 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2281 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2282 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2283 Types.push_back(New); 2284 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2285 return QualType(New, 0); 2286} 2287 2288/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2289/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2290QualType 2291ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, 2292 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs, 2293 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2294 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2295 // structure. 2296 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2297 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this); 2298 2299 void *InsertPos = 0; 2300 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2301 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2302 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2303 2304 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2305 bool isCanonical = 2306 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical() && 2307 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2308 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2309 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2310 isCanonical = false; 2311 2312 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2313 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2314 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2315 2316 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2317 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2318 QualType Canonical; 2319 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2320 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2321 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2322 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2323 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2324 2325 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2326 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2327 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2328 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2329 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2330 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2331 2332 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2333 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2334 CanonicalEPI); 2335 2336 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2337 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2338 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2339 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2340 } 2341 2342 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2343 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2344 // - parameter types 2345 // - exception types 2346 // - consumed-arguments flags 2347 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2348 // expression. 2349 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2350 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2351 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) 2352 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2353 else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2354 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2355 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2356 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2357 } 2358 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2359 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2360 2361 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2362 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2363 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2364 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI); 2365 Types.push_back(FTP); 2366 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2367 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2368} 2369 2370#ifndef NDEBUG 2371static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2372 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2373 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2374 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2375 return true; 2376 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2377 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2378 return true; 2379 return false; 2380} 2381#endif 2382 2383/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2384/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2385QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2386 QualType TST) const { 2387 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2388 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2389 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2390 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2391 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2392 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2393 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2394 } else { 2395 Type *newType = 2396 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2397 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2398 Types.push_back(newType); 2399 } 2400 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2401} 2402 2403/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2404/// specified type declaration. 2405QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2406 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2407 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2408 2409 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2410 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2411 2412 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2413 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2414 2415 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2416 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2417 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2418 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2419 return getRecordType(Record); 2420 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2421 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2422 "enum has previous declaration"); 2423 return getEnumType(Enum); 2424 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2425 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2426 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2427 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2428 Types.push_back(newType); 2429 } else 2430 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2431 2432 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2433} 2434 2435/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2436/// specified typedef name decl. 2437QualType 2438ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2439 QualType Canonical) const { 2440 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2441 2442 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2443 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2444 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2445 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2446 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2447 Types.push_back(newType); 2448 return QualType(newType, 0); 2449} 2450 2451QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2452 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2453 2454 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2455 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2456 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2457 2458 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2459 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2460 Types.push_back(newType); 2461 return QualType(newType, 0); 2462} 2463 2464QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2465 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2466 2467 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2468 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2469 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2470 2471 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2472 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2473 Types.push_back(newType); 2474 return QualType(newType, 0); 2475} 2476 2477QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2478 QualType modifiedType, 2479 QualType equivalentType) { 2480 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2481 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2482 2483 void *insertPos = 0; 2484 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2485 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2486 2487 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2488 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2489 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2490 2491 Types.push_back(type); 2492 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2493 2494 return QualType(type, 0); 2495} 2496 2497 2498/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2499QualType 2500ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2501 QualType Replacement) const { 2502 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2503 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2504 2505 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2506 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2507 void *InsertPos = 0; 2508 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2509 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2510 2511 if (!SubstParm) { 2512 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2513 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2514 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2515 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2516 } 2517 2518 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2519} 2520 2521/// \brief Retrieve a 2522QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2523 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2524 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2525#ifndef NDEBUG 2526 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2527 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2528 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2529 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2530 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2531 } 2532#endif 2533 2534 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2535 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2536 void *InsertPos = 0; 2537 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2538 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2539 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2540 2541 QualType Canon; 2542 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2543 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2544 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2545 ArgPack); 2546 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2547 } 2548 2549 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2550 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2551 ArgPack); 2552 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2553 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2554 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2555} 2556 2557/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2558/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2559/// name. 2560QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2561 bool ParameterPack, 2562 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2563 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2564 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2565 void *InsertPos = 0; 2566 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2567 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2568 2569 if (TypeParm) 2570 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2571 2572 if (TTPDecl) { 2573 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2574 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 2575 2576 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2577 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2578 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2579 (void)TypeCheck; 2580 } else 2581 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2582 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2583 2584 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2585 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2586 2587 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2588} 2589 2590TypeSourceInfo * 2591ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2592 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2593 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2594 QualType Underlying) const { 2595 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2596 "No dependent template names here!"); 2597 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 2598 2599 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2600 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL 2601 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc()); 2602 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 2603 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2604 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2605 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2606 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2607 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2608 return DI; 2609} 2610 2611QualType 2612ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2613 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2614 QualType Underlying) const { 2615 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2616 "No dependent template names here!"); 2617 2618 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2619 2620 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2621 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2622 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2623 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2624 2625 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2626 Underlying); 2627} 2628 2629#ifndef NDEBUG 2630static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 2631 unsigned NumArgs) { 2632 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2633 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 2634 return true; 2635 2636 return true; 2637} 2638#endif 2639 2640QualType 2641ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2642 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2643 unsigned NumArgs, 2644 QualType Underlying) const { 2645 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2646 "No dependent template names here!"); 2647 // Look through qualified template names. 2648 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2649 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2650 2651 bool IsTypeAlias = 2652 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 2653 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 2654 QualType CanonType; 2655 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 2656 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 2657 else { 2658 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 2659 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 2660 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 2661 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 2662 IsTypeAlias = false; 2663 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 2664 NumArgs); 2665 } 2666 2667 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 2668 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 2669 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 2670 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2671 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 2672 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 2673 TypeAlignment); 2674 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2675 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 2676 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 2677 2678 Types.push_back(Spec); 2679 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2680} 2681 2682QualType 2683ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2684 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2685 unsigned NumArgs) const { 2686 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2687 "No dependent template names here!"); 2688 2689 // Look through qualified template names. 2690 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2691 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2692 2693 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 2694 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 2695 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 2696 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2697 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2698 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 2699 2700 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 2701 // exists. 2702 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2703 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 2704 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 2705 2706 void *InsertPos = 0; 2707 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2708 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2709 2710 if (!Spec) { 2711 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 2712 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2713 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2714 TypeAlignment); 2715 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 2716 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2717 QualType(), QualType()); 2718 Types.push_back(Spec); 2719 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 2720 } 2721 2722 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 2723 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 2724 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2725} 2726 2727QualType 2728ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2729 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2730 QualType NamedType) const { 2731 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2732 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 2733 2734 void *InsertPos = 0; 2735 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2736 if (T) 2737 return QualType(T, 0); 2738 2739 QualType Canon = NamedType; 2740 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2741 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 2742 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2743 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 2744 (void)CheckT; 2745 } 2746 2747 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 2748 Types.push_back(T); 2749 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2750 return QualType(T, 0); 2751} 2752 2753QualType 2754ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 2755 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2756 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 2757 2758 void *InsertPos = 0; 2759 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2760 if (T) 2761 return QualType(T, 0); 2762 2763 QualType Canon = InnerType; 2764 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2765 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 2766 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2767 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 2768 (void)CheckT; 2769 } 2770 2771 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 2772 Types.push_back(T); 2773 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2774 return QualType(T, 0); 2775} 2776 2777QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2778 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2779 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2780 QualType Canon) const { 2781 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2782 2783 if (Canon.isNull()) { 2784 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2785 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2786 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 2787 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2788 2789 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 2790 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 2791 } 2792 2793 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2794 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 2795 2796 void *InsertPos = 0; 2797 DependentNameType *T 2798 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2799 if (T) 2800 return QualType(T, 0); 2801 2802 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 2803 Types.push_back(T); 2804 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2805 return QualType(T, 0); 2806} 2807 2808QualType 2809ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2810 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2811 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2812 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2813 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 2814 // TODO: avoid this copy 2815 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 2816 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 2817 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 2818 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 2819 ArgCopy.size(), 2820 ArgCopy.data()); 2821} 2822 2823QualType 2824ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2825 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2826 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2827 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2828 unsigned NumArgs, 2829 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 2830 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 2831 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2832 2833 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2834 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 2835 Name, NumArgs, Args); 2836 2837 void *InsertPos = 0; 2838 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 2839 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2840 if (T) 2841 return QualType(T, 0); 2842 2843 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2844 2845 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2846 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2847 2848 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 2849 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 2850 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 2851 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 2852 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 2853 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 2854 } 2855 2856 QualType Canon; 2857 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 2858 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 2859 Name, NumArgs, 2860 CanonArgs.data()); 2861 2862 // Find the insert position again. 2863 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2864 } 2865 2866 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 2867 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2868 TypeAlignment); 2869 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 2870 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 2871 Types.push_back(T); 2872 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2873 return QualType(T, 0); 2874} 2875 2876QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 2877 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 2878 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2879 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 2880 2881 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 2882 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 2883 void *InsertPos = 0; 2884 PackExpansionType *T 2885 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2886 if (T) 2887 return QualType(T, 0); 2888 2889 QualType Canon; 2890 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 2891 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 2892 2893 // Find the insert position again. 2894 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2895 } 2896 2897 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 2898 Types.push_back(T); 2899 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2900 return QualType(T, 0); 2901} 2902 2903/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 2904/// alphabetically. 2905static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 2906 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 2907 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 2908} 2909 2910static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 2911 unsigned NumProtocols) { 2912 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 2913 2914 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 2915 return false; 2916 2917 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 2918 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 2919 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 2920 return false; 2921 return true; 2922} 2923 2924static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 2925 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 2926 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 2927 2928 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 2929 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 2930 2931 // Canonicalize. 2932 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 2933 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 2934 2935 // Remove duplicates. 2936 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 2937 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 2938} 2939 2940QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 2941 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 2942 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 2943 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 2944 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 2945 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 2946 return BaseType; 2947 2948 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 2949 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2950 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 2951 void *InsertPos = 0; 2952 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2953 return QualType(QT, 0); 2954 2955 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 2956 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 2957 QualType Canonical; 2958 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 2959 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 2960 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 2961 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 2962 Protocols + NumProtocols); 2963 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 2964 2965 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 2966 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 2967 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 2968 } else { 2969 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 2970 Protocols, NumProtocols); 2971 } 2972 2973 // Regenerate InsertPos. 2974 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2975 } 2976 2977 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 2978 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 2979 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2980 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 2981 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 2982 2983 Types.push_back(T); 2984 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2985 return QualType(T, 0); 2986} 2987 2988/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 2989/// the given object type. 2990QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 2991 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2992 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 2993 2994 void *InsertPos = 0; 2995 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 2996 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2997 return QualType(QT, 0); 2998 2999 // Find the canonical object type. 3000 QualType Canonical; 3001 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3002 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3003 3004 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3005 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3006 } 3007 3008 // No match. 3009 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3010 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3011 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3012 3013 Types.push_back(QType); 3014 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3015 return QualType(QType, 0); 3016} 3017 3018/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3019/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3020QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3021 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3022 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3023 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3024 3025 if (PrevDecl) { 3026 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3027 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3028 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3029 } 3030 3031 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3032 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3033 Decl = Def; 3034 3035 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3036 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3037 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3038 Types.push_back(T); 3039 return QualType(T, 0); 3040} 3041 3042/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3043/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3044/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3045/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3046/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3047QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3048 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3049 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3050 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3051 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3052 3053 void *InsertPos = 0; 3054 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3055 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3056 if (Canon) { 3057 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3058 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3059 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3060 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3061 } else { 3062 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3063 Canon 3064 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3065 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3066 toe = Canon; 3067 } 3068 } else { 3069 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3070 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3071 } 3072 Types.push_back(toe); 3073 return QualType(toe, 0); 3074} 3075 3076/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3077/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3078/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3079/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3080/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3081QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3082 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3083 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3084 Types.push_back(tot); 3085 return QualType(tot, 0); 3086} 3087 3088 3089/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3090/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3091/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3092/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3093/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3094QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3095 DecltypeType *dt; 3096 3097 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3098 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3099 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3100 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3101 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3102 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3103 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3104 3105 void *InsertPos = 0; 3106 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3107 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3108 if (Canon) { 3109 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3110 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3111 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy, 3112 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3113 } else { 3114 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3115 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3116 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3117 dt = Canon; 3118 } 3119 } else { 3120 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3121 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3122 } 3123 Types.push_back(dt); 3124 return QualType(dt, 0); 3125} 3126 3127/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3128/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3129QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3130 QualType UnderlyingType, 3131 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3132 const { 3133 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3134 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3135 Kind, 3136 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3137 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3138 Types.push_back(Ty); 3139 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3140} 3141 3142/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 3143QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const { 3144 void *InsertPos = 0; 3145 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 3146 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3147 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3148 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType); 3149 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3150 return QualType(AT, 0); 3151 } 3152 3153 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType); 3154 Types.push_back(AT); 3155 if (InsertPos) 3156 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3157 return QualType(AT, 0); 3158} 3159 3160/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3161/// the given value type. 3162QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3163 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3164 // structure. 3165 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3166 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3167 3168 void *InsertPos = 0; 3169 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3170 return QualType(AT, 0); 3171 3172 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3173 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3174 QualType Canonical; 3175 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3176 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3177 3178 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3179 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3180 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3181 } 3182 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3183 Types.push_back(New); 3184 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3185 return QualType(New, 0); 3186} 3187 3188/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3189QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3190 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3191 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType()); 3192 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern"); 3193 return AutoDeductTy; 3194} 3195 3196/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3197QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3198 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3199 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3200 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3201 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3202} 3203 3204/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3205/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3206QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3207 assert (Decl); 3208 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3209 // away const? mutable? 3210 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3211} 3212 3213/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3214/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3215/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3216CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3217 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3218} 3219 3220/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3221CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3222 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3223} 3224 3225/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3226CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3227 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3228} 3229 3230/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3231/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3232QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3233 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3234 return WCharTy; 3235} 3236 3237/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3238/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3239QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3240 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3241 return UnsignedIntTy; 3242} 3243 3244/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3245/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3246QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3247 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3248} 3249 3250//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3251// Type Operators 3252//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3253 3254CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3255 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3256 // qualifiers. 3257 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3258 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3259 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3260 QualType Result; 3261 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3262 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3263 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3264 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3265 } else { 3266 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3267 } 3268 3269 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3270} 3271 3272QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3273 Qualifiers &quals) { 3274 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3275 3276 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3277 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3278 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3279 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3280 const ArrayType *AT = 3281 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3282 3283 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3284 if (!AT) { 3285 quals = splitType.Quals; 3286 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3287 } 3288 3289 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3290 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3291 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3292 3293 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3294 // can just use the results in splitType. 3295 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3296 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3297 quals = splitType.Quals; 3298 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3299 } 3300 3301 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3302 // build the type back up. 3303 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3304 3305 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3306 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3307 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3308 } 3309 3310 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3311 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3312 } 3313 3314 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3315 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3316 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3317 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3318 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3319 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3320 } 3321 3322 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3323 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3324 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3325 SourceRange()); 3326} 3327 3328/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3329/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3330/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3331/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3332/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3333/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3334/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3335/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3336bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3337 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3338 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3339 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3340 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3341 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3342 return true; 3343 } 3344 3345 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3346 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3347 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3348 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3349 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3350 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3351 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3352 return true; 3353 } 3354 3355 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3356 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3357 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3358 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3359 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3360 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3361 return true; 3362 } 3363 } 3364 3365 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3366 3367 return false; 3368} 3369 3370DeclarationNameInfo 3371ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3372 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3373 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3374 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3375 case TemplateName::Template: 3376 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3377 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3378 NameLoc); 3379 3380 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3381 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3382 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3383 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3384 } 3385 3386 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3387 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3388 DeclarationName DName; 3389 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3390 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3391 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3392 } else { 3393 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3394 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3395 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3396 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3397 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3398 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3399 } 3400 } 3401 3402 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3403 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3404 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3405 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3406 NameLoc); 3407 } 3408 3409 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3410 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3411 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3412 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3413 NameLoc); 3414 } 3415 } 3416 3417 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3418} 3419 3420TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3421 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3422 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3423 case TemplateName::Template: { 3424 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3425 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3426 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3427 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3428 3429 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3430 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3431 } 3432 3433 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3434 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3435 3436 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3437 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3438 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3439 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3440 } 3441 3442 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3443 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3444 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3445 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3446 } 3447 3448 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3449 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3450 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3451 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3452 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3453 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3454 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3455 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3456 } 3457 } 3458 3459 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3460} 3461 3462bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3463 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3464 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3465 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3466} 3467 3468TemplateArgument 3469ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3470 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3471 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3472 return Arg; 3473 3474 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3475 return Arg; 3476 3477 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3478 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl()) 3479 return TemplateArgument(D->getCanonicalDecl()); 3480 return TemplateArgument((Decl*)0); 3481 } 3482 3483 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3484 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3485 3486 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3487 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3488 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3489 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3490 3491 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3492 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3493 3494 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3495 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3496 3497 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3498 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3499 return Arg; 3500 3501 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3502 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3503 unsigned Idx = 0; 3504 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3505 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3506 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3507 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3508 3509 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3510 } 3511 } 3512 3513 // Silence GCC warning 3514 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3515} 3516 3517NestedNameSpecifier * 3518ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3519 if (!NNS) 3520 return 0; 3521 3522 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3523 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3524 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3525 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3526 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3527 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3528 3529 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3530 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3531 // this namespace and no prefix. 3532 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3533 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3534 3535 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3536 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3537 // this namespace and no prefix. 3538 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3539 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3540 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3541 3542 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3543 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3544 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3545 3546 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3547 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3548 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3549 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3550 // types, e.g., 3551 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3552 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3553 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 3554 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 3555 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3556 3557 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 3558 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 3559 // first place? 3560 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3561 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3562 } 3563 3564 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3565 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3566 return NNS; 3567 } 3568 3569 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 3570} 3571 3572 3573const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3574 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3575 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3576 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3577 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3578 return AT; 3579 } 3580 3581 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3582 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3583 return 0; 3584 3585 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3586 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3587 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3588 3589 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3590 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3591 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3592 3593 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3594 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 3595 3596 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3597 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 3598 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3599 return ATy; 3600 3601 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3602 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3603 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3604 3605 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 3606 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 3607 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 3608 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3609 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 3610 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 3611 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 3612 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3613 3614 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 3615 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 3616 return cast<ArrayType>( 3617 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 3618 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3619 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 3620 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3621 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 3622 3623 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 3624 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 3625 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3626 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3627 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3628 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 3629} 3630 3631QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 3632 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 3633 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 3634 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 3635 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 3636 // the array type derivation. 3637 if (T->isArrayType()) 3638 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 3639 3640 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 3641 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 3642 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 3643 // in 6.3.2.1. 3644 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3645 return getPointerType(T); 3646 3647 return T; 3648} 3649 3650QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 3651 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3652 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 3653 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 3654} 3655 3656/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 3657/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 3658/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 3659/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 3660/// 3661/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 3662QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 3663 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 3664 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 3665 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 3666 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 3667 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 3668 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 3669 3670 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 3671 3672 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 3673 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 3674} 3675 3676QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 3677 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 3678} 3679 3680QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 3681 Qualifiers qs; 3682 while (true) { 3683 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3684 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 3685 if (!array) break; 3686 3687 type = array->getElementType(); 3688 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 3689 } 3690 3691 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 3692} 3693 3694/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 3695uint64_t 3696ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 3697 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 3698 do { 3699 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3700 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType()); 3701 } while (CA); 3702 return ElementCount; 3703} 3704 3705/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 3706/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 3707static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 3708 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3709 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 3710 3711 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 3712 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 3713 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 3714 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 3715 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 3716 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 3717 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 3718 } 3719} 3720 3721/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 3722/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 3723/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 3724/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 3725QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 3726 QualType Domain) const { 3727 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 3728 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 3729 switch (EltRank) { 3730 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 3731 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 3732 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 3733 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 3734 } 3735 } 3736 3737 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 3738 switch (EltRank) { 3739 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Half ranks are not valid here"); 3740 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 3741 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 3742 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 3743 } 3744 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 3745} 3746 3747/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 3748/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 3749/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3750/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 3751int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 3752 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 3753 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 3754 3755 if (LHSR == RHSR) 3756 return 0; 3757 if (LHSR > RHSR) 3758 return 1; 3759 return -1; 3760} 3761 3762/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 3763/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 3764/// or if it is not canonicalized. 3765unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 3766 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 3767 3768 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 3769 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 3770 case BuiltinType::Bool: 3771 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 3772 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 3773 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 3774 case BuiltinType::SChar: 3775 case BuiltinType::UChar: 3776 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 3777 case BuiltinType::Short: 3778 case BuiltinType::UShort: 3779 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 3780 case BuiltinType::Int: 3781 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3782 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 3783 case BuiltinType::Long: 3784 case BuiltinType::ULong: 3785 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 3786 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 3787 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 3788 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 3789 case BuiltinType::Int128: 3790 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 3791 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 3792 } 3793} 3794 3795/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 3796/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 3797/// 3798/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 3799/// promotion occurs. 3800QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 3801 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 3802 return QualType(); 3803 3804 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 3805 if (!Field) 3806 return QualType(); 3807 3808 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 3809 3810 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 3811 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3812 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 3813 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 3814 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 3815 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 3816 return IntTy; 3817 3818 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 3819 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3820 3821 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 3822 // like the base type. 3823 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 3824 // is ridiculous. 3825 return QualType(); 3826} 3827 3828/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 3829/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 3830/// integer type. 3831QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 3832 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 3833 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 3834 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 3835 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 3836 3837 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3838 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 3839 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 3840 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 3841 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 3842 // unsigned long long int [...] 3843 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 3844 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 3845 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 3846 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 3847 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 3848 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 3849 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 3850 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 3851 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 3852 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 3853 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 3854 if (FromSize < ToSize || 3855 (FromSize == ToSize && 3856 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 3857 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 3858 } 3859 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 3860 } 3861 } 3862 3863 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 3864 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 3865 return IntTy; 3866 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable); 3867 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3868 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 3869 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3870} 3871 3872/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 3873/// type and returns its ownership. 3874Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 3875 while (!T.isNull()) { 3876 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 3877 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 3878 if (T->isArrayType()) 3879 T = getBaseElementType(T); 3880 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3881 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 3882 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 3883 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 3884 else 3885 break; 3886 } 3887 3888 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 3889} 3890 3891/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 3892/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3893/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 3894int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 3895 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 3896 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 3897 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 3898 3899 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3900 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3901 3902 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 3903 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 3904 3905 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 3906 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 3907 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 3908 } 3909 3910 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 3911 if (LHSUnsigned) { 3912 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 3913 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 3914 return 1; 3915 3916 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 3917 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 3918 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 3919 return -1; 3920 } 3921 3922 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 3923 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 3924 return -1; 3925 3926 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 3927 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 3928 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 3929 return 1; 3930} 3931 3932static RecordDecl * 3933CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 3934 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 3935 SourceLocation Loc; 3936 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3937 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 3938 else 3939 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 3940} 3941 3942// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 3943QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 3944 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 3945 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 3946 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 3947 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 3948 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 3949 3950 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 3951 3952 // const int *isa; 3953 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 3954 // int flags; 3955 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 3956 // const char *str; 3957 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 3958 // long length; 3959 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 3960 3961 // Create fields 3962 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 3963 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 3964 SourceLocation(), 3965 SourceLocation(), 0, 3966 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 3967 /*BitWidth=*/0, 3968 /*Mutable=*/false, 3969 ICIS_NoInit); 3970 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 3971 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 3972 } 3973 3974 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 3975 } 3976 3977 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 3978} 3979 3980void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 3981 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 3982 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 3983 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 3984} 3985 3986QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 3987 if (BlockDescriptorType) 3988 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 3989 3990 RecordDecl *T; 3991 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 3992 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 3993 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 3994 T->startDefinition(); 3995 3996 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 3997 UnsignedLongTy, 3998 UnsignedLongTy, 3999 }; 4000 4001 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4002 "reserved", 4003 "Size" 4004 }; 4005 4006 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4007 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4008 SourceLocation(), 4009 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4010 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4011 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4012 /*Mutable=*/false, 4013 ICIS_NoInit); 4014 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4015 T->addDecl(Field); 4016 } 4017 4018 T->completeDefinition(); 4019 4020 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4021 4022 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4023} 4024 4025QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4026 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4027 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4028 4029 RecordDecl *T; 4030 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4031 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4032 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4033 T->startDefinition(); 4034 4035 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4036 UnsignedLongTy, 4037 UnsignedLongTy, 4038 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4039 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4040 }; 4041 4042 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4043 "reserved", 4044 "Size", 4045 "CopyFuncPtr", 4046 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4047 }; 4048 4049 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4050 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4051 SourceLocation(), 4052 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4053 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4054 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4055 /*Mutable=*/false, 4056 ICIS_NoInit); 4057 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4058 T->addDecl(Field); 4059 } 4060 4061 T->completeDefinition(); 4062 4063 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4064 4065 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4066} 4067 4068bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const { 4069 if (Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) 4070 return true; 4071 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4072 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4073 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 4074 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(); 4075 4076 } 4077 } 4078 return false; 4079} 4080 4081QualType 4082ASTContext::BuildByRefType(StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const { 4083 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X { 4084 // void *__isa; 4085 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding; 4086 // unsigned int __flags; 4087 // unsigned int __size; 4088 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed 4089 // void *__destroy_help // as needed 4090 // int X; 4091 // } * 4092 4093 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty); 4094 4095 // FIXME: Move up 4096 SmallString<36> Name; 4097 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" << 4098 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName; 4099 RecordDecl *T; 4100 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str())); 4101 T->startDefinition(); 4102 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy; 4103 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported"); 4104 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4105 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4106 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)), 4107 Int32Ty, 4108 Int32Ty, 4109 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4110 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4111 Ty 4112 }; 4113 4114 StringRef FieldNames[] = { 4115 "__isa", 4116 "__forwarding", 4117 "__flags", 4118 "__size", 4119 "__copy_helper", 4120 "__destroy_helper", 4121 DeclName, 4122 }; 4123 4124 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) { 4125 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5) 4126 continue; 4127 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4128 SourceLocation(), 4129 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4130 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4131 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 4132 ICIS_NoInit); 4133 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4134 T->addDecl(Field); 4135 } 4136 4137 T->completeDefinition(); 4138 4139 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)); 4140} 4141 4142TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4143 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4144 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4145 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4146 SourceLocation(), 4147 SourceLocation(), 4148 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4149 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4150 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4151} 4152 4153// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4154// typedef <type> BOOL; 4155static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4156 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4157 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4158 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4159 4160 return false; 4161} 4162 4163/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4164/// purpose. 4165CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4166 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4167 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4168 4169 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4170 4171 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4172 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4173 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4174 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4175 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4176 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4177 return sz; 4178} 4179 4180static inline 4181std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4182 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4183} 4184 4185/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4186/// declaration. 4187std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4188 std::string S; 4189 4190 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4191 QualType BlockTy = 4192 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4193 // Encode result type. 4194 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S); 4195 // Compute size of all parameters. 4196 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4197 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4198 SourceLocation Loc; 4199 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4200 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4201 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4202 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4203 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4204 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4205 if (sz.isZero()) 4206 continue; 4207 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4208 ParmOffset += sz; 4209 } 4210 // Size of the argument frame 4211 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4212 // Block pointer and offset. 4213 S += "@?0"; 4214 4215 // Argument types. 4216 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4217 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4218 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4219 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4220 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4221 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4222 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4223 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4224 // elements. 4225 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4226 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4227 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4228 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4229 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4230 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4231 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4232 } 4233 4234 return S; 4235} 4236 4237bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4238 std::string& S) { 4239 // Encode result type. 4240 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4241 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4242 // Compute size of all parameters. 4243 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4244 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4245 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4246 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4247 if (sz.isZero()) 4248 continue; 4249 4250 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4251 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4252 ParmOffset += sz; 4253 } 4254 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4255 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4256 4257 // Argument types. 4258 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4259 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4260 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4261 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4262 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4263 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4264 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4265 // elements. 4266 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4267 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4268 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4269 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4270 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4271 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4272 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4273 } 4274 4275 return false; 4276} 4277 4278/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4279/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4280/// block object types. 4281void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4282 QualType T, std::string& S, 4283 bool Extended) const { 4284 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4285 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4286 // Encode parameter type. 4287 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4288 true /*OutermostType*/, 4289 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4290 false /*StructField*/, 4291 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4292 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4293} 4294 4295/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4296/// declaration. 4297bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4298 std::string& S, 4299 bool Extended) const { 4300 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4301 // Encode return type. 4302 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4303 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4304 // Compute size of all parameters. 4305 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4306 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4307 SourceLocation Loc; 4308 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4309 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4310 // their size. 4311 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4312 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4313 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4314 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4315 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4316 if (sz.isZero()) 4317 continue; 4318 4319 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4320 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4321 ParmOffset += sz; 4322 } 4323 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4324 S += "@0:"; 4325 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4326 4327 // Argument types. 4328 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4329 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4330 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4331 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4332 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4333 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4334 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4335 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4336 // elements. 4337 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4338 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4339 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4340 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4341 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4342 PType, S, Extended); 4343 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4344 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4345 } 4346 4347 return false; 4348} 4349 4350/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4351/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4352/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4353/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4354/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4355/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4356/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4357/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4358/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4359/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4360/// @code 4361/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4362/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4363/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4364/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4365/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4366/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4367/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4368/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4369/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4370/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4371/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4372/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4373/// }; 4374/// @endcode 4375void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4376 const Decl *Container, 4377 std::string& S) const { 4378 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4379 bool Dynamic = false; 4380 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4381 4382 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4383 if (Container) { 4384 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4385 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4386 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4387 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4388 i != e; ++i) { 4389 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4390 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4391 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4392 Dynamic = true; 4393 } else { 4394 SynthesizePID = PID; 4395 } 4396 } 4397 } 4398 } else { 4399 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4400 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4401 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4402 i != e; ++i) { 4403 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4404 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4405 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4406 Dynamic = true; 4407 } else { 4408 SynthesizePID = PID; 4409 } 4410 } 4411 } 4412 } 4413 } 4414 4415 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4416 S = "T"; 4417 4418 // Encode result type. 4419 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4420 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4421 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4422 true /* outermost type */, 4423 true /* encoding for property */); 4424 4425 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4426 S += ",R"; 4427 } else { 4428 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4429 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4430 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4431 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4432 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4433 } 4434 } 4435 4436 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4437 // are "dynamic by default". 4438 if (Dynamic) 4439 S += ",D"; 4440 4441 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4442 S += ",N"; 4443 4444 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4445 S += ",G"; 4446 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4447 } 4448 4449 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4450 S += ",S"; 4451 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4452 } 4453 4454 if (SynthesizePID) { 4455 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4456 S += ",V"; 4457 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4458 } 4459 4460 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4461} 4462 4463/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4464/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4465/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4466/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4467/// 4468void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4469 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4470 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4471 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4472 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4473 else 4474 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4475 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4476 } 4477 } 4478} 4479 4480void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4481 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4482 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4483 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4484 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4485 // same type. 4486 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4487 true /* outermost type */); 4488} 4489 4490static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) { 4491 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4492 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled builtin type kind"); 4493 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4494 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4495 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4496 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4497 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4498 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4499 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4500 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4501 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4502 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4503 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4504 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4505 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4506 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4507 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4508 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4509 case BuiltinType::Long: 4510 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4511 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4512 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4513 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4514 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4515 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4516 } 4517} 4518 4519static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 4520 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4521 4522 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 4523 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 4524 return 'i'; 4525 4526 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 4527 return ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, Enum->getIntegerType()); 4528} 4529 4530static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 4531 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4532 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4533 S += 'b'; 4534 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4535 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4536 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4537 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4538 // 4539 // struct 4540 // { 4541 // int integer; 4542 // int flags:2; 4543 // }; 4544 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4545 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4546 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4547 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4548 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4549 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 4550 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4551 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4552 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 4553 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 4554 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 4555 else 4556 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T); 4557 } 4558 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 4559} 4560 4561// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 4562void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 4563 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 4564 bool ExpandStructures, 4565 const FieldDecl *FD, 4566 bool OutermostType, 4567 bool EncodingProperty, 4568 bool StructField, 4569 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 4570 bool EncodeClassNames) const { 4571 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4572 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4573 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4574 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T); 4575 return; 4576 } 4577 4578 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4579 S += 'j'; 4580 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 4581 false); 4582 return; 4583 } 4584 4585 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types. 4586 QualType PointeeTy; 4587 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 4588 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 4589 S += ':'; 4590 return; 4591 } 4592 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 4593 } 4594 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4595 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType(); 4596 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) { 4597 bool isReadOnly = false; 4598 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 4599 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 4600 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 4601 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 4602 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 4603 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 4604 isReadOnly = true; 4605 S += 'r'; 4606 } 4607 } else if (OutermostType) { 4608 QualType P = PointeeTy; 4609 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 4610 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4611 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 4612 isReadOnly = true; 4613 S += 'r'; 4614 } 4615 } 4616 if (isReadOnly) { 4617 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 4618 // combinations need to be rearranged. 4619 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 4620 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 4621 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 4622 } 4623 4624 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 4625 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 4626 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 4627 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 4628 S += '*'; 4629 return; 4630 } 4631 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4632 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 4633 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 4634 S += '#'; 4635 return; 4636 } 4637 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 4638 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 4639 S += '@'; 4640 return; 4641 } 4642 // fall through... 4643 } 4644 S += '^'; 4645 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 4646 4647 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4648 NULL); 4649 return; 4650 } 4651 4652 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4653 // Ignore type qualifiers etc. 4654 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4655 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 4656 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 4657 S += '^'; 4658 4659 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4660 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4661 } else { 4662 S += '['; 4663 4664 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 4665 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 4666 S += '0'; 4667 else 4668 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 4669 } else { 4670 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 4671 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 4672 "Unknown array type!"); 4673 S += '0'; 4674 } 4675 4676 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4677 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4678 S += ']'; 4679 } 4680 return; 4681 } 4682 4683 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { 4684 S += '?'; 4685 return; 4686 } 4687 4688 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4689 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); 4690 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 4691 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 4692 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 4693 S += II->getName(); 4694 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 4695 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 4696 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 4697 std::string TemplateArgsStr 4698 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList( 4699 TemplateArgs.data(), 4700 TemplateArgs.size(), 4701 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 4702 4703 S += TemplateArgsStr; 4704 } 4705 } else { 4706 S += '?'; 4707 } 4708 if (ExpandStructures) { 4709 S += '='; 4710 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 4711 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 4712 } else { 4713 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 4714 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 4715 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 4716 if (FD) { 4717 S += '"'; 4718 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 4719 S += '"'; 4720 } 4721 4722 // Special case bit-fields. 4723 if (Field->isBitField()) { 4724 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 4725 *Field); 4726 } else { 4727 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 4728 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 4729 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 4730 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 4731 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 4732 /*StructField*/true); 4733 } 4734 } 4735 } 4736 } 4737 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 4738 return; 4739 } 4740 4741 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4742 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4743 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4744 else 4745 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, ET); 4746 return; 4747 } 4748 4749 if (const BlockPointerType *BT = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 4750 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 4751 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 4752 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4753 4754 S += '<'; 4755 // Block return type 4756 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 4757 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 4758 FD, 4759 false /* OutermostType */, 4760 EncodingProperty, 4761 false /* StructField */, 4762 EncodeBlockParameters, 4763 EncodeClassNames); 4764 // Block self 4765 S += "@?"; 4766 // Block parameters 4767 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 4768 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4769 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 4770 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 4771 ExpandPointedToStructures, 4772 ExpandStructures, 4773 FD, 4774 false /* OutermostType */, 4775 EncodingProperty, 4776 false /* StructField */, 4777 EncodeBlockParameters, 4778 EncodeClassNames); 4779 } 4780 } 4781 S += '>'; 4782 } 4783 return; 4784 } 4785 4786 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 4787 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) 4788 T = OT->getBaseType(); 4789 4790 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { 4791 // @encode(class_name) 4792 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 4793 S += '{'; 4794 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 4795 S += II->getName(); 4796 S += '='; 4797 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 4798 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 4799 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 4800 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 4801 if (Field->isBitField()) 4802 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 4803 else 4804 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD); 4805 } 4806 S += '}'; 4807 return; 4808 } 4809 4810 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 4811 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 4812 S += '@'; 4813 return; 4814 } 4815 4816 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 4817 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 4818 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 4819 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 4820 S += '#'; 4821 return; 4822 } 4823 4824 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 4825 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 4826 ExpandPointedToStructures, 4827 ExpandStructures, FD); 4828 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 4829 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 4830 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 4831 S += '"'; 4832 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4833 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4834 S += '<'; 4835 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4836 S += '>'; 4837 } 4838 S += '"'; 4839 } 4840 return; 4841 } 4842 4843 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 4844 if (!EncodingProperty && 4845 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4846 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 4847 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 4848 // {...}; 4849 S += '^'; 4850 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 4851 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4852 NULL); 4853 return; 4854 } 4855 4856 S += '@'; 4857 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 4858 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 4859 S += '"'; 4860 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4861 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4862 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4863 S += '<'; 4864 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4865 S += '>'; 4866 } 4867 S += '"'; 4868 } 4869 return; 4870 } 4871 4872 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 4873 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these 4874 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 4875 return; 4876 4877 if (T->isVectorType()) { 4878 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 4879 // insufficient. 4880 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 4881 return; 4882 } 4883 4884 llvm_unreachable("@encode for type not implemented!"); 4885} 4886 4887void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 4888 std::string &S, 4889 const FieldDecl *FD, 4890 bool includeVBases) const { 4891 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 4892 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 4893 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 4894 return; 4895 4896 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 4897 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 4898 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 4899 4900 if (CXXRec) { 4901 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 4902 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 4903 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 4904 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 4905 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4906 if (base->isEmpty()) 4907 continue; 4908 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 4909 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 4910 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 4911 } 4912 } 4913 } 4914 4915 unsigned i = 0; 4916 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 4917 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 4918 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 4919 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 4920 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 4921 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 4922 } 4923 4924 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 4925 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 4926 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 4927 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 4928 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4929 if (base->isEmpty()) 4930 continue; 4931 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 4932 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 4933 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 4934 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 4935 } 4936 } 4937 4938 CharUnits size; 4939 if (CXXRec) { 4940 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 4941 } else { 4942 size = layout.getSize(); 4943 } 4944 4945 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 4946 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4947 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 4948 4949 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 4950 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 4951 if (FD) { 4952 S += "\"_vptr$"; 4953 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 4954 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 4955 S += recname; 4956 S += '"'; 4957 } 4958 S += "^^?"; 4959 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 4960 } 4961 4962 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 4963 // Mark the end of the structure. 4964 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 4965 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 4966 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 4967 } 4968 4969 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 4970 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 4971 4972 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 4973 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 4974 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 4975 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 4976 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 4977 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 4978 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 4979 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 4980 // longer then though. 4981 CurOffs += padding; 4982 } 4983 4984 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 4985 if (dcl == 0) 4986 break; // reached end of structure. 4987 4988 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 4989 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 4990 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 4991 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 4992 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 4993 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 4994 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 4995 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 4996 } else { 4997 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 4998 if (FD) { 4999 S += '"'; 5000 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5001 S += '"'; 5002 } 5003 5004 if (field->isBitField()) { 5005 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5006 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5007 } else { 5008 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5009 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5010 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5011 /*OutermostType*/false, 5012 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5013 /*StructField*/true); 5014 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5015 } 5016 } 5017 } 5018} 5019 5020void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5021 std::string& S) const { 5022 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5023 S += 'n'; 5024 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5025 S += 'N'; 5026 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5027 S += 'o'; 5028 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5029 S += 'O'; 5030 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5031 S += 'R'; 5032 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5033 S += 'V'; 5034} 5035 5036TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5037 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5038 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5039 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5040 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5041 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5042 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5043 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5044 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5045 } 5046 5047 return ObjCIdDecl; 5048} 5049 5050TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5051 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5052 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5053 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5054 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5055 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5056 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5057 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5058 } 5059 return ObjCSelDecl; 5060} 5061 5062TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5063 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5064 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5065 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5066 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5067 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5068 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5069 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5070 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5071 } 5072 5073 return ObjCClassDecl; 5074} 5075 5076ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5077 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5078 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5079 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5080 SourceLocation(), 5081 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5082 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5083 SourceLocation(), true); 5084 } 5085 5086 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5087} 5088 5089//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5090// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5091//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5092 5093static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5094 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5095 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5096 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5097 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5098 5099 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5100 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5101 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5102 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5103 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5104 TInfo); 5105 return VaListTypeDecl; 5106} 5107 5108static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5109 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5110 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5111 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5112 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5113 5114 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5115 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5116 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5117 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5118 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5119 TInfo); 5120 return VaListTypeDecl; 5121} 5122 5123static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5124 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5125 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5126 5127 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5128 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5129 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5130 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5131 5132 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5133 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5134 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5135 5136 // unsigned char gpr; 5137 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5138 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5139 5140 // unsigned char fpr; 5141 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5142 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5143 5144 // unsigned short reserved; 5145 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5146 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5147 5148 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5149 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5150 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5151 5152 // void* reg_save_area; 5153 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5154 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5155 5156 // Create fields 5157 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5158 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5159 SourceLocation(), 5160 SourceLocation(), 5161 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5162 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5163 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5164 /*Mutable=*/false, 5165 ICIS_NoInit); 5166 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5167 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5168 } 5169 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5170 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5171 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5172 5173 // } __va_list_tag; 5174 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5175 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5176 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5177 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5178 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5179 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5180 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5181 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5182 5183 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5184 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5185 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5186 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5187 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5188 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5189 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5190 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5191 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5192 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5193 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5194 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5195 TInfo); 5196 5197 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5198} 5199 5200static TypedefDecl * 5201CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5202 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5203 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5204 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5205 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5206 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5207 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5208 5209 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5210 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5211 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5212 5213 // unsigned gp_offset; 5214 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5215 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5216 5217 // unsigned fp_offset; 5218 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5219 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5220 5221 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5222 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5223 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5224 5225 // void* reg_save_area; 5226 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5227 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5228 5229 // Create fields 5230 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5231 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5232 VaListTagDecl, 5233 SourceLocation(), 5234 SourceLocation(), 5235 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5236 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5237 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5238 /*Mutable=*/false, 5239 ICIS_NoInit); 5240 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5241 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5242 } 5243 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5244 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5245 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5246 5247 // } __va_list_tag; 5248 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5249 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5250 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5251 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5252 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5253 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5254 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5255 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5256 5257 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5258 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5259 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5260 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5261 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5262 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5263 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5264 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5265 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5266 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5267 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5268 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5269 TInfo); 5270 5271 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5272} 5273 5274static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5275 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5276 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5277 QualType IntArrayType 5278 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5279 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5280 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5281 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5282 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5283 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5284 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5285 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5286 5287 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5288} 5289 5290static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 5291 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 5292 switch (Kind) { 5293 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 5294 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5295 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 5296 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5297 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 5298 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5299 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5300 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5301 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 5302 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5303 } 5304 5305 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 5306} 5307 5308TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 5309 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 5310 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 5311 5312 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 5313} 5314 5315QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 5316 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 5317 // declaration. 5318 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 5319 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 5320 5321 return VaListTagTy; 5322} 5323 5324void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 5325 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 5326 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 5327 5328 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 5329} 5330 5331/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 5332/// lookup. 5333TemplateName 5334ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 5335 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 5336 unsigned size = End - Begin; 5337 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 5338 5339 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 5340 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 5341 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 5342 5343 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 5344 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 5345 NamedDecl *D = *I; 5346 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 5347 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 5348 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 5349 *Storage++ = D; 5350 } 5351 5352 return TemplateName(OT); 5353} 5354 5355/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 5356/// template name such as \c std::vector. 5357TemplateName 5358ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5359 bool TemplateKeyword, 5360 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 5361 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 5362 5363 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 5364 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5365 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5366 5367 void *InsertPos = 0; 5368 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 5369 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5370 if (!QTN) { 5371 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5372 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5373 } 5374 5375 return TemplateName(QTN); 5376} 5377 5378/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5379/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 5380TemplateName 5381ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5382 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 5383 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5384 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5385 5386 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5387 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 5388 5389 void *InsertPos = 0; 5390 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 5391 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5392 5393 if (QTN) 5394 return TemplateName(QTN); 5395 5396 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5397 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5398 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 5399 } else { 5400 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 5401 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 5402 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 5403 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5404 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 5405 (void)CheckQTN; 5406 } 5407 5408 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5409 return TemplateName(QTN); 5410} 5411 5412/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5413/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 5414TemplateName 5415ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5416 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 5417 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5418 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5419 5420 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5421 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 5422 5423 void *InsertPos = 0; 5424 DependentTemplateName *QTN 5425 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5426 5427 if (QTN) 5428 return TemplateName(QTN); 5429 5430 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5431 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5432 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 5433 } else { 5434 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 5435 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 5436 5437 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 5438 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5439 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 5440 (void)CheckQTN; 5441 } 5442 5443 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5444 return TemplateName(QTN); 5445} 5446 5447TemplateName 5448ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 5449 TemplateName replacement) const { 5450 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5451 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 5452 5453 void *insertPos = 0; 5454 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 5455 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 5456 5457 if (!subst) { 5458 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 5459 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 5460 } 5461 5462 return TemplateName(subst); 5463} 5464 5465TemplateName 5466ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5467 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 5468 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 5469 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5470 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 5471 5472 void *InsertPos = 0; 5473 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 5474 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5475 5476 if (!Subst) { 5477 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 5478 ArgPack.pack_size(), 5479 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 5480 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 5481 } 5482 5483 return TemplateName(Subst); 5484} 5485 5486/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 5487/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 5488/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 5489CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 5490 switch (Type) { 5491 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 5492 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 5493 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 5494 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 5495 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 5496 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 5497 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 5498 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 5499 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 5500 } 5501 5502 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 5503} 5504 5505//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5506// Type Predicates. 5507//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5508 5509/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 5510/// garbage collection attribute. 5511/// 5512Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 5513 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 5514 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 5515 5516 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 5517 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 5518 5519 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 5520 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 5521 // as __strong. 5522 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 5523 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 5524 return Qualifiers::Strong; 5525 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 5526 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 5527 } else { 5528 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 5529 // pointer. 5530#ifndef NDEBUG 5531 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 5532 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 5533 CT = AT->getElementType(); 5534 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 5535#endif 5536 } 5537 return GCAttrs; 5538} 5539 5540//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5541// Type Compatibility Testing 5542//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5543 5544/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 5545/// compatible. 5546static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 5547 const VectorType *RHS) { 5548 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 5549 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 5550 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 5551} 5552 5553bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 5554 QualType SecondVec) { 5555 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 5556 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 5557 5558 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 5559 return true; 5560 5561 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 5562 // equivalent GCC vector types. 5563 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5564 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5565 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 5566 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 5567 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5568 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 5569 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5570 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 5571 return true; 5572 5573 return false; 5574} 5575 5576//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5577// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 5578//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5579 5580/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 5581/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 5582bool 5583ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 5584 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 5585 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 5586 return true; 5587 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 5588 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 5589 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 5590 return true; 5591 return false; 5592} 5593 5594/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...> 5595/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 5596/// otherwise. 5597bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 5598 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5599 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 5600 return false; 5601} 5602 5603/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and 5604/// Class<p1, ...>. 5605bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 5606 QualType rhs) { 5607 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5608 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5609 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 5610 5611 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5612 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5613 bool match = false; 5614 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5615 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5616 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5617 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5618 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 5619 match = true; 5620 break; 5621 } 5622 } 5623 if (!match) 5624 return false; 5625 } 5626 return true; 5627} 5628 5629/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 5630/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 5631bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 5632 bool compare) { 5633 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 5634 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 5635 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 5636 return true; 5637 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 5638 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 5639 return true; 5640 5641 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5642 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5643 5644 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 5645 5646 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 5647 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 5648 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 5649 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5650 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5651 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5652 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5653 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5654 // through its super class and categories. 5655 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 5656 return false; 5657 } 5658 } 5659 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 5660 return true; 5661 } 5662 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 5663 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5664 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5665 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5666 bool match = false; 5667 5668 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5669 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5670 // through its super class and categories. 5671 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5672 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5673 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5674 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5675 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5676 match = true; 5677 break; 5678 } 5679 } 5680 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 5681 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 5682 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5683 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5684 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5685 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5686 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5687 // through its super class and categories. 5688 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 5689 match = true; 5690 break; 5691 } 5692 } 5693 } 5694 if (!match) 5695 return false; 5696 } 5697 5698 return true; 5699 } 5700 5701 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 5702 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 5703 5704 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 5705 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 5706 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 5707 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5708 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5709 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5710 bool match = false; 5711 5712 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 5713 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5714 // through its super class and categories. 5715 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 5716 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 5717 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 5718 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5719 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5720 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5721 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5722 match = true; 5723 break; 5724 } 5725 } 5726 if (!match) 5727 return false; 5728 } 5729 5730 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 5731 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 5732 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5733 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 5734 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 5735 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 5736 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 5737 // assume that it is mismatch. 5738 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 5739 return false; 5740 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 5741 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5742 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5743 bool match = false; 5744 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 5745 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 5746 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5747 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5748 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5749 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5750 match = true; 5751 break; 5752 } 5753 } 5754 if (!match) 5755 return false; 5756 } 5757 } 5758 return true; 5759 } 5760 return false; 5761} 5762 5763/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 5764/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 5765/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 5766/// 5767bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5768 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 5769 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5770 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5771 5772 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 5773 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 5774 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 5775 return true; 5776 5777 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 5778 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5779 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 5780 false); 5781 5782 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 5783 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5784 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 5785 5786 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 5787 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 5788 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 5789 5790 return false; 5791} 5792 5793/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 5794/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 5795/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 5796/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 5797/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 5798bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 5799 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5800 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 5801 bool BlockReturnType) { 5802 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 5803 return true; 5804 5805 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 5806 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 5807 } 5808 5809 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5810 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5811 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 5812 false); 5813 5814 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 5815 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 5816 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 5817 if (LHS != RHS) { 5818 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 5819 return BlockReturnType; 5820 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 5821 return !BlockReturnType; 5822 } 5823 else 5824 return true; 5825 } 5826 return false; 5827} 5828 5829/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 5830/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 5831/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 5832/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 5833static 5834void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 5835 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5836 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 5837 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 5838 5839 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5840 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5841 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 5842 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 5843 5844 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 5845 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 5846 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 5847 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 5848 else { 5849 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 5850 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 5851 LHSInheritedProtocols); 5852 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5853 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 5854 } 5855 5856 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 5857 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 5858 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 5859 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 5860 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 5861 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 5862 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 5863 } else { 5864 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 5865 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 5866 RHSInheritedProtocols); 5867 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 5868 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5869 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 5870 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 5871 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 5872 } 5873} 5874 5875/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 5876/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 5877/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 5878/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 5879QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 5880 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 5881 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 5882 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 5883 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 5884 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 5885 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 5886 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 5887 return QualType(); 5888 5889 do { 5890 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 5891 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 5892 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 5893 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 5894 5895 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 5896 if (!Protocols.empty()) 5897 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 5898 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 5899 return Result; 5900 } 5901 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 5902 5903 return QualType(); 5904} 5905 5906bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 5907 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 5908 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 5909 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 5910 5911 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 5912 // the LHS. 5913 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 5914 return false; 5915 5916 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 5917 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 5918 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 5919 return true; 5920 5921 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 5922 // more detailed analysis is required. 5923 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 5924 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 5925 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 5926 // false otherwise. 5927 bool IsSuperClass = 5928 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 5929 if (IsSuperClass) { 5930 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 5931 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 5932 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 5933 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 5934 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 5935 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 5936 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 5937 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 5938 return false; 5939 5940 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 5941 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 5942 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 5943 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 5944 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 5945 5946 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 5947 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5948 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5949 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 5950 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 5951 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 5952 break; 5953 } 5954 } 5955 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 5956 return false; 5957 } 5958 return true; 5959 } 5960 return false; 5961 } 5962 5963 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 5964 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 5965 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 5966 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 5967 5968 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 5969 // are incompatible. 5970 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 5971 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 5972 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 5973 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 5974 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 5975 break; 5976 } 5977 } 5978 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 5979 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 5980 return false; 5981 } 5982 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 5983 return true; 5984} 5985 5986bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 5987 // get the "pointed to" types 5988 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5989 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5990 5991 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 5992 return false; 5993 5994 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 5995 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 5996} 5997 5998bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 5999 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6000 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6001 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6002} 6003 6004/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6005/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6006/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6007/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6008bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6009 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6010 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6011 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6012 6013 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6014} 6015 6016bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6017 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6018} 6019 6020bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6021 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6022} 6023 6024/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6025/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6026/// QualType() 6027QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6028 bool OfBlockPointer, 6029 bool Unqualified) { 6030 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6031 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6032 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6033 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6034 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6035 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6036 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6037 if (!MT.isNull()) 6038 return MT; 6039 } 6040 } 6041 } 6042 6043 return QualType(); 6044} 6045 6046/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6047/// argument types 6048QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6049 bool OfBlockPointer, 6050 bool Unqualified) { 6051 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6052 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6053 // type is compatible with a union member 6054 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6055 Unqualified); 6056 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6057 return lmerge; 6058 6059 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6060 Unqualified); 6061 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6062 return rmerge; 6063 6064 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6065} 6066 6067QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6068 bool OfBlockPointer, 6069 bool Unqualified) { 6070 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6071 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6072 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6073 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6074 bool allLTypes = true; 6075 bool allRTypes = true; 6076 6077 // Check return type 6078 QualType retType; 6079 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6080 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6081 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6082 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6083 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6084 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6085 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6086 } 6087 else 6088 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6089 Unqualified); 6090 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6091 6092 if (Unqualified) 6093 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6094 6095 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6096 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6097 if (Unqualified) { 6098 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6099 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6100 } 6101 6102 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6103 allLTypes = false; 6104 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6105 allRTypes = false; 6106 6107 // FIXME: double check this 6108 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6109 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6110 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6111 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6112 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6113 6114 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6115 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6116 return QualType(); 6117 6118 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6119 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6120 return QualType(); 6121 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6122 return QualType(); 6123 6124 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6125 return QualType(); 6126 6127 // functypes which return are preferred over those that do not. 6128 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && !rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 6129 allLTypes = false; 6130 else if (!lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 6131 allRTypes = false; 6132 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6133 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6134 6135 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6136 6137 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6138 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6139 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6140 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6141 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6142 6143 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6144 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6145 return QualType(); 6146 6147 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6148 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6149 return QualType(); 6150 6151 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6152 return QualType(); 6153 6154 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6155 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6156 return QualType(); 6157 6158 // Check argument compatibility 6159 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6160 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6161 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6162 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6163 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6164 OfBlockPointer, 6165 Unqualified); 6166 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6167 6168 if (Unqualified) 6169 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6170 6171 types.push_back(argtype); 6172 if (Unqualified) { 6173 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6174 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6175 } 6176 6177 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6178 allLTypes = false; 6179 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6180 allRTypes = false; 6181 } 6182 6183 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6184 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6185 6186 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6187 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6188 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI); 6189 } 6190 6191 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6192 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6193 6194 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6195 if (proto) { 6196 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6197 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6198 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6199 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6200 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6201 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6202 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6203 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6204 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6205 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6206 6207 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used 6208 // to pass enum values. 6209 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 6210 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 6211 6212 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6213 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6214 return QualType(); 6215 } 6216 6217 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6218 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6219 6220 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6221 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6222 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(), 6223 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6224 } 6225 6226 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6227 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6228 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 6229} 6230 6231QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6232 bool OfBlockPointer, 6233 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 6234 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 6235 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 6236 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 6237 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 6238 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 6239 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 6240 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 6241 6242 if (Unqualified) { 6243 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6244 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6245 } 6246 6247 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6248 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6249 6250 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6251 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6252 return LHS; 6253 6254 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 6255 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6256 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6257 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6258 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 6259 // mismatch. 6260 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6261 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 6262 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 6263 return QualType(); 6264 6265 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6266 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6267 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6268 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6269 // qualified __strong. 6270 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6271 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6272 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6273 6274 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6275 return QualType(); 6276 6277 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6278 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 6279 } 6280 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6281 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 6282 } 6283 return QualType(); 6284 } 6285 6286 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 6287 6288 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6289 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6290 6291 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 6292 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 6293 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6294 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6295 6296 // Same as above for arrays 6297 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6298 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6299 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6300 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6301 6302 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 6303 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6304 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6305 6306 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 6307 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 6308 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 6309 6310 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 6311 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 6312 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 6313 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 6314 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 6315 // type. 6316 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6317 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6318 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6319 return RHS; 6320 } 6321 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6322 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6323 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6324 return LHS; 6325 } 6326 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 6327 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 6328 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6329 return LHS; 6330 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6331 return RHS; 6332 } 6333 6334 return QualType(); 6335 } 6336 6337 // The canonical type classes match. 6338 switch (LHSClass) { 6339#define TYPE(Class, Base) 6340#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 6341#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6342#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6343#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6344#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 6345 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 6346 6347 case Type::LValueReference: 6348 case Type::RValueReference: 6349 case Type::MemberPointer: 6350 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 6351 6352 case Type::ObjCInterface: 6353 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6354 case Type::VariableArray: 6355 case Type::FunctionProto: 6356 case Type::ExtVector: 6357 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 6358 6359 case Type::Pointer: 6360 { 6361 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6362 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6363 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6364 if (Unqualified) { 6365 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6366 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6367 } 6368 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 6369 Unqualified); 6370 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6371 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6372 return LHS; 6373 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6374 return RHS; 6375 return getPointerType(ResultType); 6376 } 6377 case Type::BlockPointer: 6378 { 6379 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6380 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6381 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6382 if (Unqualified) { 6383 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6384 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6385 } 6386 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 6387 Unqualified); 6388 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6389 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6390 return LHS; 6391 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6392 return RHS; 6393 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 6394 } 6395 case Type::Atomic: 6396 { 6397 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6398 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6399 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6400 if (Unqualified) { 6401 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6402 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6403 } 6404 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 6405 Unqualified); 6406 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6407 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6408 return LHS; 6409 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6410 return RHS; 6411 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 6412 } 6413 case Type::ConstantArray: 6414 { 6415 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 6416 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 6417 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 6418 return QualType(); 6419 6420 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 6421 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 6422 if (Unqualified) { 6423 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6424 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6425 } 6426 6427 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 6428 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6429 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6430 return LHS; 6431 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6432 return RHS; 6433 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 6434 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6435 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 6436 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6437 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 6438 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 6439 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6440 return LHS; 6441 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6442 return RHS; 6443 if (LVAT) { 6444 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6445 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 6446 // has to be different. 6447 return LHS; 6448 } 6449 if (RVAT) { 6450 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6451 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 6452 // has to be different. 6453 return RHS; 6454 } 6455 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 6456 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 6457 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 6458 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6459 } 6460 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 6461 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6462 case Type::Record: 6463 case Type::Enum: 6464 return QualType(); 6465 case Type::Builtin: 6466 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 6467 return QualType(); 6468 case Type::Complex: 6469 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 6470 return QualType(); 6471 case Type::Vector: 6472 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 6473 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 6474 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 6475 return LHS; 6476 return QualType(); 6477 case Type::ObjCObject: { 6478 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 6479 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 6480 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 6481 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6482 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6483 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 6484 return LHS; 6485 6486 return QualType(); 6487 } 6488 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 6489 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6490 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6491 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6492 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6493 BlockReturnType)) 6494 return LHS; 6495 return QualType(); 6496 } 6497 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6498 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 6499 return LHS; 6500 6501 return QualType(); 6502 } 6503 } 6504 6505 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 6506} 6507 6508bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 6509 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 6510 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 6511 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 6512 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 6513 return false; 6514 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 6515 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6516 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 6517 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6518 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 6519 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 6520 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 6521 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 6522 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 6523 return false; 6524 } 6525 return true; 6526} 6527 6528/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 6529/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 6530/// return types. 6531QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6532 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6533 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6534 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6535 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6536 return LHS; 6537 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 6538 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 6539 return QualType(); 6540 QualType OldReturnType = 6541 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6542 QualType NewReturnType = 6543 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6544 QualType ResReturnType = 6545 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 6546 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 6547 return QualType(); 6548 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 6549 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 6550 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 6551 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6552 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 6553 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6554 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 6555 QualType ResultType 6556 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6557 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6558 return ResultType; 6559 } 6560 } 6561 return QualType(); 6562 } 6563 6564 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 6565 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6566 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6567 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6568 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 6569 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6570 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 6571 return QualType(); 6572 6573 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6574 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6575 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6576 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6577 // qualified __strong. 6578 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6579 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6580 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6581 6582 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6583 return QualType(); 6584 6585 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 6586 return LHS; 6587 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 6588 return RHS; 6589 return QualType(); 6590 } 6591 6592 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6593 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6594 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6595 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 6596 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 6597 return LHS; 6598 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 6599 return RHS; 6600 } 6601 return QualType(); 6602} 6603 6604//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6605// Integer Predicates 6606//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6607 6608unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 6609 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 6610 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6611 if (T->isBooleanType()) 6612 return 1; 6613 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 6614 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 6615} 6616 6617QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) { 6618 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 6619 6620 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 6621 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 6622 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 6623 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 6624 6625 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 6626 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 6627 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6628 6629 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 6630 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 6631 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 6632 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 6633 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6634 return UnsignedCharTy; 6635 case BuiltinType::Short: 6636 return UnsignedShortTy; 6637 case BuiltinType::Int: 6638 return UnsignedIntTy; 6639 case BuiltinType::Long: 6640 return UnsignedLongTy; 6641 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6642 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6643 case BuiltinType::Int128: 6644 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 6645 default: 6646 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 6647 } 6648} 6649 6650ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 6651 6652 6653//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6654// Builtin Type Computation 6655//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6656 6657/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 6658/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 6659/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 6660/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 6661/// a vector of "i*". 6662/// 6663/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 6664/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 6665static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 6666 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 6667 bool &RequiresICE, 6668 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 6669 // Modifiers. 6670 int HowLong = 0; 6671 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 6672 RequiresICE = false; 6673 6674 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 6675 bool Done = false; 6676 while (!Done) { 6677 switch (*Str++) { 6678 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 6679 case 'I': 6680 RequiresICE = true; 6681 break; 6682 case 'S': 6683 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 6684 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 6685 Signed = true; 6686 break; 6687 case 'U': 6688 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 6689 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 6690 Unsigned = true; 6691 break; 6692 case 'L': 6693 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 6694 ++HowLong; 6695 break; 6696 } 6697 } 6698 6699 QualType Type; 6700 6701 // Read the base type. 6702 switch (*Str++) { 6703 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 6704 case 'v': 6705 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6706 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 6707 Type = Context.VoidTy; 6708 break; 6709 case 'f': 6710 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6711 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 6712 Type = Context.FloatTy; 6713 break; 6714 case 'd': 6715 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6716 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 6717 if (HowLong) 6718 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 6719 else 6720 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 6721 break; 6722 case 's': 6723 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 6724 if (Unsigned) 6725 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 6726 else 6727 Type = Context.ShortTy; 6728 break; 6729 case 'i': 6730 if (HowLong == 3) 6731 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 6732 else if (HowLong == 2) 6733 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 6734 else if (HowLong == 1) 6735 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 6736 else 6737 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 6738 break; 6739 case 'c': 6740 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 6741 if (Signed) 6742 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 6743 else if (Unsigned) 6744 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 6745 else 6746 Type = Context.CharTy; 6747 break; 6748 case 'b': // boolean 6749 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 6750 Type = Context.BoolTy; 6751 break; 6752 case 'z': // size_t. 6753 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 6754 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 6755 break; 6756 case 'F': 6757 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 6758 break; 6759 case 'G': 6760 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 6761 break; 6762 case 'H': 6763 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 6764 break; 6765 case 'a': 6766 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 6767 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 6768 break; 6769 case 'A': 6770 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 6771 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 6772 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 6773 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 6774 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 6775 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 6776 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 6777 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 6778 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 6779 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 6780 if (Type->isArrayType()) 6781 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 6782 else 6783 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 6784 break; 6785 case 'V': { 6786 char *End; 6787 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6788 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 6789 Str = End; 6790 6791 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 6792 RequiresICE, false); 6793 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 6794 6795 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 6796 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 6797 VectorType::GenericVector); 6798 break; 6799 } 6800 case 'E': { 6801 char *End; 6802 6803 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6804 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 6805 6806 Str = End; 6807 6808 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 6809 false); 6810 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 6811 break; 6812 } 6813 case 'X': { 6814 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 6815 false); 6816 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 6817 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 6818 break; 6819 } 6820 case 'Y' : { 6821 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 6822 break; 6823 } 6824 case 'P': 6825 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 6826 if (Type.isNull()) { 6827 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 6828 return QualType(); 6829 } 6830 break; 6831 case 'J': 6832 if (Signed) 6833 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 6834 else 6835 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 6836 6837 if (Type.isNull()) { 6838 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 6839 return QualType(); 6840 } 6841 break; 6842 case 'K': 6843 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 6844 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 6845 6846 if (Type.isNull()) { 6847 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 6848 return QualType(); 6849 } 6850 break; 6851 } 6852 6853 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 6854 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 6855 while (!Done) { 6856 switch (char c = *Str++) { 6857 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 6858 case '*': 6859 case '&': { 6860 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 6861 // qualified with an address space. 6862 char *End; 6863 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6864 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 6865 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 6866 Str = End; 6867 } 6868 if (c == '*') 6869 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 6870 else 6871 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 6872 break; 6873 } 6874 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 6875 case 'C': 6876 Type = Type.withConst(); 6877 break; 6878 case 'D': 6879 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 6880 break; 6881 case 'R': 6882 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 6883 break; 6884 } 6885 } 6886 6887 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 6888 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 6889 6890 return Type; 6891} 6892 6893/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 6894QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 6895 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 6896 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 6897 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 6898 6899 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 6900 6901 bool RequiresICE = false; 6902 Error = GE_None; 6903 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 6904 RequiresICE, true); 6905 if (Error != GE_None) 6906 return QualType(); 6907 6908 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 6909 6910 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 6911 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 6912 if (Error != GE_None) 6913 return QualType(); 6914 6915 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 6916 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 6917 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 6918 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 6919 6920 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 6921 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 6922 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 6923 6924 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 6925 } 6926 6927 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 6928 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 6929 6930 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 6931 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 6932 6933 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 6934 6935 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 6936 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 6937 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 6938 6939 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6940 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 6941 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 6942 6943 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI); 6944} 6945 6946GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6947 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 6948 6949 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 6950 switch (L) { 6951 case NoLinkage: 6952 case InternalLinkage: 6953 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 6954 return GVA_Internal; 6955 6956 case ExternalLinkage: 6957 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 6958 case TSK_Undeclared: 6959 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 6960 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 6961 break; 6962 6963 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 6964 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 6965 6966 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 6967 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 6968 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 6969 break; 6970 } 6971 } 6972 6973 if (!FD->isInlined()) 6974 return External; 6975 6976 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 6977 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 6978 // externally visible. 6979 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 6980 return External; 6981 6982 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 6983 return GVA_C99Inline; 6984 } 6985 6986 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 6987 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 6988 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 6989 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 6990 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 6991 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 6992 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6993 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 6994 return GVA_C99Inline; 6995 6996 return GVA_CXXInline; 6997} 6998 6999GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7000 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7001 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7002 // template. 7003 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7004 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7005 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7006 7007 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7008 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7009 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage) 7010 L = UniqueExternalLinkage; 7011 7012 switch (L) { 7013 case NoLinkage: 7014 case InternalLinkage: 7015 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7016 return GVA_Internal; 7017 7018 case ExternalLinkage: 7019 switch (TSK) { 7020 case TSK_Undeclared: 7021 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7022 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7023 7024 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7025 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7026 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7027 7028 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7029 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7030 7031 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7032 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7033 } 7034 } 7035 7036 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7037} 7038 7039bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7040 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7041 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7042 return false; 7043 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 7044 return false; 7045 7046 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7047 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7048 return false; 7049 7050 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7051 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7052 return true; 7053 7054 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7055 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7056 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7057 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7058 7059 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7060 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7061 return true; 7062 7063 // The key function for a class is required. 7064 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7065 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7066 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7067 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD); 7068 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7069 return true; 7070 } 7071 } 7072 7073 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7074 7075 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7076 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7077 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7078 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7079 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7080 return false; 7081 return true; 7082 } 7083 7084 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7085 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7086 7087 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7088 return false; 7089 7090 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required. 7091 7092 // FIXME: Handle references. 7093 // FIXME: Be more selective about which constructors we care about. 7094 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7095 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) { 7096 if (RD->hasDefinition() && !(RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 7097 RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 7098 RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && 7099 RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) 7100 return true; 7101 } 7102 } 7103 7104 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7105 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) { 7106 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))) 7107 return false; 7108 } 7109 7110 return true; 7111} 7112 7113CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7114 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7115 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7116} 7117 7118CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7119 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && getTargetInfo().getCXXABI() != CXXABI_Microsoft) 7120 return CC_Default; 7121 return CC; 7122} 7123 7124bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7125 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7126 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7127} 7128 7129MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7130 switch (Target->getCXXABI()) { 7131 case CXXABI_ARM: 7132 case CXXABI_Itanium: 7133 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7134 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 7135 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7136 } 7137 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7138} 7139 7140CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7141 7142size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7143 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7144 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7145 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7146 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7147 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7148 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7149 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7150 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7151 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7152 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7153 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7154 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7155 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7156 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7157} 7158 7159unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7160 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7161 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7162 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7163} 7164 7165 7166void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7167 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7168} 7169 7170unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7171 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 7172 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 7173 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 7174 return I->second; 7175} 7176